100 products

RMH Series Magnetically Coupled Rodless Cylinder (Linear Guide Type)

RMH Series Magnetically Coupled Rodless Cylinder (Linear Guide Type)

  • Product Features
  • Specifications
  • Stroke
  • Ordering Code

Features

  • Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder structure; no mechanical connection between the piston and the slider, resulting in excellent sealing performance.
  • The movement of the piston is transmitted to the external slider through magnetic coupling force. No piston rod is required, saving installation space compared to standard cylinders. The maximum stroke is larger than standard cylinders.
  • Both ends of the cylinder are equipped with adjustable cushioning and fixed cushioning devices, ensuring smooth reversing motion without impact and avoiding mechanical damage. Optional external hydraulic shock absorbers can be purchased for better cushioning effects.
  • The piston chamber and the slider are separated to prevent dust and dirt from entering the system, extending the service life of the cylinder.
  • Added linear guide design: High running precision, high non-rotating precision, and strong load-bearing capacity.

Specifications

Bore Size (mm) 10 16 20 25
Acting Type Double Acting
Fluid Air (to be filtered by 40μm filter element)
Operating Pressure 0.2~0.7MPa (28~100psi) (2~7bar)
Proof Pressure 1.2MPa (175psi) (12.0bar)
Temperature (°C) -20~70
Speed Range (mm/s) 50~400
Stroke Tolerance 0~250: +1.0/0  |  251~800: +1.5/0
Cushion Type Fixed Cushion
Port Size [Note 1] M5 x 0.8 PT1/8
Safe Holding Force (N) 55 140 220 345
[Note 1] PT thread, G thread and NPT thread are available.

Stroke Table

Bore Size Standard Stroke (mm)
10 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300
16 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500
20 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 750, 800
25 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 750, 800
Note: Contact the company for other special strokes.

Ordering Code

RMH 20 x 200 S □
No. Item Code Description
① Series RMH: Magnetically Coupled Rodless Cylinder (Slide Guide Type)
② Bore Size 10, 16, 20, 25 (mm)
③ Stroke Refer to Stroke Table
④ Magnet S: With Magnet
⑤ Thread [Note 1] Blank: PT Thread
G: G Thread
T: NPT Thread
[Note 1] Blank indicates Metric thread or PT thread. Φ10 and Φ16 cylinders only have Metric thread (M5). If G or NPT thread is required (for larger sizes), please add G or T code.
  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH16X450S Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH16X450S - 2

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH16X450S

    Specifications: RMH16X450S is a 16 mm bore, 450 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 16 16 mm cylinder bore X450 450 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included (blank thread) Metric port for the metric-bore pattern; PT port for the tapered-thread pattern Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 140 N Air port M5×0.8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 500 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 556 mm (106 + 450) AD 14 AF 63 B 61 C 36 CA 35 D 18 E 17.5 F 7.5 G 1 H 17 I M10×1 J 8 JA 4.5 JB + stroke 546 mm (96 + 450) JC 18 K M4×0.7 depth5 KB 25 KC 18 L M5×0.8 depth7 LA M5×0.8 depth7 LB 20 LC 6 LD 4.5 LE 10 M 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 5.5 PB 8.5 PC 15 PD 3.5 Q 28 S 11 T 15 N 10 N × 50 mm 500 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 11 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 3 kg, at strokes up to 300 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 5 kg, at strokes up to 300 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1007-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.13 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5×0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1317 g catalog reference. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $478.32

  • Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH16X300S Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH16X300S

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH16X300S

    Specifications: RMH16X300S is a 16 mm bore, 300 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 16 16 mm cylinder bore X300 300 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included (blank thread) Metric port for the metric-bore pattern; PT port for the tapered-thread pattern Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 140 N Air port M5×0.8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 500 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 406 mm (106 + 300) AD 14 AF 63 B 61 C 36 CA 35 D 18 E 17.5 F 7.5 G 1 H 17 I M10×1 J 8 JA 4.5 JB + stroke 396 mm (96 + 300) JC 18 K M4×0.7 depth5 KB 25 KC 18 L M5×0.8 depth7 LA M5×0.8 depth7 LB 20 LC 6 LD 4.5 LE 10 M 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 5.5 PB 8.5 PC 15 PD 3.5 Q 28 S 11 T 15 N 7 N × 50 mm 350 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 11 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 3 kg, at strokes up to 300 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 5 kg, at strokes up to 300 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1007-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.13 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5×0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1087 g catalog reference. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $412.23

  • Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH16X250S Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH16X250S

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH16X250S

    Specifications: RMH16X250S is a 16 mm bore, 250 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 16 16 mm cylinder bore X250 250 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included (blank thread) Metric port for the metric-bore pattern; PT port for the tapered-thread pattern Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1 mm Safe magnetic holding force 140 N Air port M5×0.8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 500 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 356 mm (106 + 250) AD 14 AF 63 B 61 C 36 CA 35 D 18 E 17.5 F 7.5 G 1 H 17 I M10×1 J 8 JA 4.5 JB + stroke 346 mm (96 + 250) JC 18 K M4×0.7 depth5 KB 25 KC 18 L M5×0.8 depth7 LA M5×0.8 depth7 LB 20 LC 6 LD 4.5 LE 10 M 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 5.5 PB 8.5 PC 15 PD 3.5 Q 28 S 11 T 15 N 6 N × 50 mm 300 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 11 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 3 kg, at strokes up to 300 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 5 kg, at strokes up to 300 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1007-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.13 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5×0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1010 g catalog reference. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $390.20

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X800S

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X800ST

    Specifications: RMH25X800ST is a 25 mm bore, 800 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X800 800 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 937 mm (137 + 800) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 924 mm (124 + 800) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 17 N × 50 mm 850 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3716 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $957.52

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X750S

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X750ST

    Specifications: RMH25X750ST is a 25 mm bore, 750 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X750 750 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 887 mm (137 + 750) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 874 mm (124 + 750) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 16 N × 50 mm 800 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3589 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $925.63

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X700S

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X700ST

    Specifications: RMH25X700ST is a 25 mm bore, 700 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X700 700 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 837 mm (137 + 700) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 824 mm (124 + 700) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 15 N × 50 mm 750 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3462 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $896.64

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X600SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X600ST

    Specifications: RMH25X600ST is a 25 mm bore, 600 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X600 600 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 737 mm (137 + 600) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 724 mm (124 + 600) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 13 N × 50 mm 650 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3208 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $838.74

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X500SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X500ST

    Specifications: RMH25X500ST is a 25 mm bore, 500 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X500 500 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 637 mm (137 + 500) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 624 mm (124 + 500) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 11 N × 50 mm 550 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2955 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $780.76

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X450SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X450ST

    Specifications: RMH25X450ST is a 25 mm bore, 450 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X450 450 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 587 mm (137 + 450) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 574 mm (124 + 450) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 10 N × 50 mm 500 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2828 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $751.77

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X400SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X400ST

    Specifications: RMH25X400ST is a 25 mm bore, 400 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X400 400 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 537 mm (137 + 400) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 524 mm (124 + 400) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 9 N × 50 mm 450 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2701 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $722.76

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X350SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X350ST

    Specifications: RMH25X350ST is a 25 mm bore, 350 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X350 350 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 487 mm (137 + 350) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 474 mm (124 + 350) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 8 N × 50 mm 400 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2574 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $693.47

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X300SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X300ST

    Specifications: RMH25X300ST is a 25 mm bore, 300 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X300 300 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 437 mm (137 + 300) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 424 mm (124 + 300) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 7 N × 50 mm 350 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2447 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $664.89

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X250SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X250ST

    Specifications: RMH25X250ST is a 25 mm bore, 250 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X250 250 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 387 mm (137 + 250) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 374 mm (124 + 250) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 6 N × 50 mm 300 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2320 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $635.87

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X200SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X200ST

    Specifications: RMH25X200ST is a 25 mm bore, 200 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X200 200 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 337 mm (137 + 200) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 324 mm (124 + 200) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 5 N × 50 mm 250 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2194 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $606.91

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X150S

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X150ST

    Specifications: RMH25X150ST is a 25 mm bore, 150 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X150 150 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 287 mm (137 + 150) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 274 mm (124 + 150) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 4 N × 50 mm 200 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2067 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $577.89

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X100S

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X100ST

    Specifications: RMH25X100ST is a 25 mm bore, 100 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X100 100 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 237 mm (137 + 100) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 224 mm (124 + 100) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 3 N × 50 mm 150 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1940 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $548.88

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X50SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X50ST

    Specifications: RMH25X50ST is a 25 mm bore, 50 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X50 50 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included T NPT port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port NPT1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 187 mm (137 + 50) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 174 mm (124 + 50) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P NPT1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 2 N × 50 mm 100 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 6 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male × exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1813 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $519.89

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X800S

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X800SG

    Specifications: RMH25X800SG is a 25 mm bore, 800 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X800 800 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included G G port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port G1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 937 mm (137 + 800) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 924 mm (124 + 800) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P G1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 17 N × 50 mm 850 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3716 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $957.52

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X750S

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X750SG

    Specifications: RMH25X750SG is a 25 mm bore, 750 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X750 750 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included G G port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port G1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 887 mm (137 + 750) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 874 mm (124 + 750) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P G1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 16 N × 50 mm 800 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3589 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $925.63

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X700S

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X700SG

    Specifications: RMH25X700SG is a 25 mm bore, 700 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X700 700 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included G G port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port G1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 837 mm (137 + 700) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 824 mm (124 + 700) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P G1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 15 N × 50 mm 750 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3462 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $896.64

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X600SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X600SG

    Specifications: RMH25X600SG is a 25 mm bore, 600 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X600 600 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included G G port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port G1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 737 mm (137 + 600) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 724 mm (124 + 600) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P G1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 13 N × 50 mm 650 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3208 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $838.74

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X500SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X500SG

    Specifications: RMH25X500SG is a 25 mm bore, 500 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X500 500 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included G G port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port G1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 637 mm (137 + 500) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 624 mm (124 + 500) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P G1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 11 N × 50 mm 550 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2955 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $780.76

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X450SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X450SG

    Specifications: RMH25X450SG is a 25 mm bore, 450 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X450 450 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included G G port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port G1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 587 mm (137 + 450) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 574 mm (124 + 450) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P G1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 10 N × 50 mm 500 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2828 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $751.77

  • Airtac RMH series: magnetically coupled rod-less cylinder - RMH25X400SG

    Airtac RMH series: guided magnetically coupled rodless cylinder - RMH25X400SG

    Specifications: RMH25X400SG is a 25 mm bore, 400 mm stroke RMH magnetically coupled rodless cylinder. Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning RMH Magnetically coupled rodless cylinder with miniature linear guide 25 25 mm cylinder bore X400 400 mm stroke S Position-sensing magnet included G G port-thread option Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Operating speed 50–400 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.5 mm Safe magnetic holding force 345 N Air port G1/8 Cushioning Fixed cushioning Maximum catalog stroke for this bore 800 mm Current configuration dimensions Dimensions are millimeters unless a thread is shown. Each letter follows the source drawing; the letters are not interchangeable with overall length or hole spacing. Values marked “+ stroke” below include this product’s stroke. Read the drawing for diameter symbols, depths and mounting orientation. Parameter Details A + stroke 537 mm (137 + 400) AD 17.5 AF 77 B 76 C 45 CA 43 D 27.8 E 22.5 F 12.5 G 2 H 21.5 I M14×1.5 J 9.5 JA 5.5 JB + stroke 524 mm (124 + 400) JC 20 K M5×0.8 depth6 KB 40 KC 28 L M6×1 depth8 LA M6×1 depth8 LB 26 LC 7 LD 5.5 LE 12 M 1.5 P G1/8 PA 0 PB 11 PC 22 PD 0 Q 43.5 S 16 T 22 N 9 N × 50 mm 450 mm Stroke adjustment ≤ 16 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Guide loading and stroke-dependent limits Parameter Details Maximum load for catalog arrangement 1 4.8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm Maximum load for catalog arrangement 2 8 kg, at strokes up to 500 mm The two arrangements are different load orientations in the source diagrams. For longer strokes, use the corresponding load / stroke curve. Do not apply either maximum indiscriminately to a side-mounted or offset load. The body and guide permit top or side workpiece mounting; both air connections are on the same side. Cushioning options Parameter Details Current standard equipment Two adjustment screws and fixed cushioning Optional external absorber for this bore ACA1412-1 The 2022 specification identifies fixed cushioning and separately optional external hydraulic shock absorbers. An optional absorber is not included merely because the family overview discusses cushioning. Magnetic coupling and intermediate stopping The piston and external carriage are coupled magnetically, with no mechanical link through the cylinder wall. Keep the working load and impact energy within the catalog limits; excessive pressure or stopping energy can separate the coupling. Parameter Details Maximum pressure with an external intermediate stop 0.55 MPa Maximum permitted kinetic energy for an intermediate stop made by the pneumatic circuit 0.45 J These are two separate stopping methods in the RMS installation instructions. Use a shock absorber at an external limit stop, adjust it for smooth deceleration and provide cushioning at both ends. For a pneumatic intermediate stop, check the energy limit. The guided series refers back to these RMS precautions; none of these figures permits pressure above the operating specification. Internal structure and materials 1. Left fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 2. Body: Aluminum alloy. 3. C retaining ring: TPU (as printed). 4. O-ring: NBR. 5. Flat washer: Stainless steel. 6. Dust scraper: Plastic. 7. Body cover: Aluminum alloy. 8. O-ring: NBR. 9. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 10. Outer magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 11. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 12. Inner magnet spacer: Cold-rolled steel. 13. Connecting rod: Stainless steel. 14. Wear ring: Wear-resistant material. 15. Piston seal: TPU. 16. Bumper: NBR. 17. Piston: Aluminum alloy. 18. Stainless tube: Stainless steel. 19. Hex nut: Stainless steel. 20. O-ring: NBR. 21. Right fixed cover: Aluminum alloy. 22. Steel ball: Stainless steel. 23. Plug screw: Medium-carbon or low-carbon alloy steel. 24. Fixing plate: Aluminum alloy. 25. Press block: Plastic. 26. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 27. Connecting block: Aluminum alloy. 28. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 29. Miniature linear-guide assembly: Assembly. 30. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 31. Hex-socket countersunk screw: Alloy steel. 32. Bumper: TPU. 33. Hex nut: Alloy steel. 34. Adjustment screw: Alloy steel. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. The source thrust-versus-pressure graphs extend to 1.0 MPa for illustration. This does not increase the 0.7 MPa maximum operating pressure. Use the appropriate load / speed graph and the safe magnetic holding-force limit when sizing. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The RMH cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the RMH body, using the position-sensing magnet included in this S configuration. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The RMH chamber connections are on the same side of the cylinder; connect each selected port to its separate valve A/B line. Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for carriage travel in either direction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. With these selected valves, the RMH control branch is limited to 0.2–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower component limit. Select flow for the RMH 50–400 mm/s operating range; the reference sizing point of 500 mm/s does not increase that limit. Apply the lower external-intermediate-stop pressure limit and the pneumatic-stop energy limit stated for the selected stopping method. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2701 g estimated reference. This is a configuration reference, not an independently measured net weight of the complete mounting package. The catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging and shipping weight are not included.

    $722.76


You have seen 24 out of 100 products

Footer image

© 2026 Airtac, Powered by Shopify

  • US (USD $) US (USD $)
  • Ach Direct Debit
  • Amazon
  • American Express
  • Apple Pay
  • Bizum
  • Diners Club
  • Discover
  • Google Pay
  • Mastercard
  • MB WAY
  • PayPal
  • Satispay
  • Shop Pay
  • USDC
  • Visa